Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(21 - 40 of 141)

Pages

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1969
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1969
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
JULY AUGUST COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below, which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia C...
Show more JULY AUGUST COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below, which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia College, St. Paul. Augsburg courses numbered 50 and above a r e intended p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s , as a r e Concordia o f f e r i n g s 300 o r l a r g e r . STUDENTS PLANNING t o t a k e Independent Study courses must o b t a i n p r i o r permission of t h e Approval forms a r e a v a i l a b l e from department and i n s t r u c t o r w i t h whom work i s t o be done. t h e Sumner School O f f i c e . COURSES ARE OFFERED SUBJECT t o adequate demand. Because some may be c a n c e l l e d , students may wish t o l i s t a l t e r n a t e courses when making a p p l i c a t i o n . STUDIO ART and INDEPENDENT STUDY-. Credit may be earned in drawing, painting, composition, printmaking, or art history -CA~,~,P. 7 10 55, 6 7 , 83, 84, . , -, 1 9 7 7 --, 85. 99. Variable credits. First and/or ------ second terms. Thompson. --"Lob" . SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n up t o t e n t e r m c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e F i r s t Session ( s i x weeks), and an a d d i t i o n a l f i v e c r e d i t s i n t h e Second Session ( t h r e e weeks). Term c r e d i t s a r e d i r e c t l y interchangqable w i t h quarter c r e d i t s . AUGSBURG i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , S t . Paul, i n i t s Summer School program. Because t h e Second Session a t Concordia l a s t s f o u r weeks, s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r as many as s i x c r e d i t s i n Second Session courses t a u g h t on t h e S t . Paul campus. TUITION CHARGES depend upon t h e number o f c r e d i t s f o r w h i c h a person i s r e g i s t e r e d , w i t h a d e c r e a s i n g c o s t p e r c r e d i t when t o t a l c r e d i t s a r e i n c r e a s e d . The t a b l e below i n d i c a t e s t o t a l t u i t i o n f o r varying c r e d i t levels.* -- - *persons submitting a p p l i c a t i o n s a n a d d i t i o n a l f e e o f $5.00. some s c i e n c e c o u r s e s . Students s h o u l d c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l a f t e r May 1 4 w i l l be c h a r g e d Laboratory f e e s a r e added i n taking private music lessons office for rates. A-, EDUCATION 65. METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES. 2 Cr. Includes objectives, principles, and techniques in elementary social studies; unit development. (Prereq.: 55, 56.) Second Term. TTh. 7-10 ~ EDUCATION C-221. BIOLOGY 6. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 5 Cr. Structure and function of the human body. For non-majors. First and Second Terms. TTh. 7-10 p.m. Mickelberg. CHEMISTRY 5. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. 6 Cr. Concepts and laws underlying chemistrv: examnles from inoroanic and organic chemistry. For non-malors. Lab fee: $5.00. Flrst Term. 10:35-11:55 a.m. plus two afternoon labs per week. Gyberg. EDUCATION C-357. First Term. St. Paul. TEACHING OF ART. 2 Cr. 10:lO-11-00 a.m. Rickels. EDUCATION C-420. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 3 Cr. Second Term. 10:5012:05 p.m. Poehler, Otte. St. Paul. EDUCATION C-451. TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC. 2 Cr. Second Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Warnke. St. Paul. EDUCATION C-480. 3 Cr. First Term. St. Paul. COMPUTER SCIENCE 45. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 Cr. Theory of modern digital computers. A particular computer language is introduced. Includes a survey of computer applications, problems. Second Term. 8-11 a.m. Gulden. ECONOMICS 22. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I. 4 Cr. An introductory college course in economics. 7-10 p.m., MW. Sabella. ECONOMICS 51. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS. 5 Cr. Theory of demand, of the firm; price and output determination, factor price determination. First Term. MW 7-10 p.m. Sabella. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA; 11:lO a.m.- TION. 3 Cr. First Term. 12:15 p.m. St. Paul. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. 9:lO-10:00 a.m. Meyer. EDUCATION C-490. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. 3 Cr. Second Term. 9:05-10:ZO a.m. Kaden. St. Paul. ENGLISH 45. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Cr. Works of selected writers from Colonial times to the present; their contrsutions to the development of American literature. First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Davis. ENGLISH 52. THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH: ITS 4 Cr. Thematic HISMRY AND LITERATURE. examinationofpre-Civil War Southern life: for each 10-lesson series. For information contact the Department of Music. PHILOSOPHY 2 1 . PROBLEMS OF PHIWSOPHY. 4 Cr. Introduction to the nature, aims, central problems, and terminology of philosophy. First Term. 10:35-11:40 a. rn. Reichenbach. CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN. 4 CK. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniquenees and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. First Term. 10:35-11:40 a.m. Benson. PERSONS IN good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions, are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted to a college and has not subsequently been dropped by that institution. R E l I B I O M R-210. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College; persons wishing to complete a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admissions. RELIGION 84. 9:05-10:20 a.m. R E L t ~ l o nR-211. r ~ urr z PHILOSOPHY 6 1 . PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. 5 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith, experience, and language. First Term. 8:45-9:50 a.m. Reichenbach. rfrsrmcwuAKD THA' OWI Y'~~11'hHKNT. 3 i r . Wlfall. HTSToRY W # IJWrUTIJRZ ~ ~ P T A K E ~ . ,~ . 9:05-10:20 a.m. . Wffall. RELIGION R-330. Cr. First Term. Sohn. St. Paul. PHILOSOPHY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. var. Cr. First Term. Time Arranged. michenbach. L I T ~ A N R GOF S e n d 'l'rml. St. Paul. W sc~onrl T-. STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of 1969 are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year. St. Paul. CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 4 11:lO a.m.-12:15 p.m. IF REGULARLY ATTENDING another institution, a student must provide the Director of Summer School with a statement from an appropriate official (e.g., Registrar or Dean) sf his college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn credits in the summer session. Credits earned at Augsburg will be transferred only if this requirement has been met. RELIGION R-430. LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL WRITINGS. 3 Cr. Second Term. 7:40-8:55 a.m. Stach. St. Paul. RELIGION R-460. PHYSICS 1 . INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 4 Cr. The solar system, stars, galaxies. The use of optical instruments; viewing with a 12" reflecting telescope. 7-10 p.m., TPh. Hanwick. TERS. 1 Cr. TTh. Stach. SEMINAR IN PASTORAL LETSecond Term. 1:OO-2:15 p.m. St. Paul. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. SOCIOLOGY 1 1 . P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 2 1 . AMERICAN GOVERNMEW 11 NATIONAL. 5 Cr. Emphasis on the Presidency, Congress, ard the Supreme Court; conflict, consensus, economics, and ideological factors. Second Term. 8:4510:05 and 10:35-11:55 a.m. Stenshoal. P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 51. CONTEMPOR~RYCOMMU4 Cr. The political NIST GOVERNMENTS. ~rocesses'of the Soviet Union and other communist states analyzed in ideological, party, and institutional terms. First Term. ITh. 7-10 p.m. Noonan. P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable credit. First Term. Time arranged. Noonan. MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY. 4 Cr. A sociological perspective of the cultural and structural dynamics of the western world. First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Torstenson. SOCIOLfiGY 57. 5l.lMQ:R W K 111 C C ; ? r ! E C T ? s z-XLAI. GERVICR. 5 ( 5 . N U ~ O I n b t h r a a special summer program not integrated with other Summer School offerings. For information w i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson, Augsburg College. btlll SOCIOLOGY 6 1 . INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL 5 Cr. Methods of collecting, and intermeting data in the social sciences. Graphs. tables, measures of central tendency; the testing oP hypotheses. First & Second Terms. 5:306:20 p.m. M-F. (9 weeks) Nordlie. STATISTICS. cnmnarino. . r----.=. I di . GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. First Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Maneks. PSYCHOLOGY C - 2 1 1 3 Cr. St. Paul. PSYCHOLOGY 99. RESEARCH PROBLPIS. SPEECH 11. BEGINNING SPEECH. 4 Cr. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 8:45-10:05. Olson. SPEECH 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable Credit. Arranged. First Term. Olson. I I LIMITED food 1 service w i l l be a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g the summer sessions. I f housing i s r e q u i r e d , arrangements should b e J a m e s L a n c a s t e r , Manager o f H o u s i n g . made w i t h M r . WORKSHOP DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - June 16 20,1969 g:OO a.m. 10:30 a.m.. . . . . . . . . . . ..Knut Nystedt - The discussion will center on "Music in Europe i n the Atomic Age" and "New Sounds in Choral Music." Many taped examples, as well as the actual scores, brought from Europe by Mr. Nystedt will be used. - 10:45 a.m. 12:15 p.m.. . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren I DR. LELAND B. SATEREN, a 1935 graduate of Augsburg College, received his master's degree from the University of Minnesota i n 1943. He returned to Augsburg in 1946 and has directed the Augsburg Choir and served as chairman of the Department of Music since 1950.In 1965 he was honored with a Doctor of Humane Letters degree from Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa., and a Doctor of Music degree from Lakeland College, Sheboygan, Wis. With many published choral works to his credit, Dr. Sateren has also written several books and numerous articles on choral music and its performance. Wide interest i n the field of music is evidenced by his professional memberships in the Music Educators Association, the Hymn Society of America, and his work as a member of the Inter-Lutheran Commission on Worship. The Augsburg Choir, under Dr. Sateren's direction, has premiered several contemporary pieces which emphasize t h e "new sound" i n choral music. In December the choir sang the premiere of Christobal Halffter's "Yes Speak Out Yes" i n the General Assembly of the United Nations in New York City with the Minnesota Orchestra. Choral Topics I "Graphing the Vowel," "Suspensions and Other Organic Expressive Elements" a n d "Part Dynamics" are included in the topics for discussion and demonstration. - 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dale Warland This study of larger-than-anthem choral works will include Penderecki's "Stabat Mater," Stravinsky's "Symphony of Psalms," Nicolas Roussakis' "Night Speech," Britten's "Rejoice in the Lamp," Poulenc's "Gloria," a_nd others. I Recreation Period KNUT NYSTEDT, a graduate of the Oslo Conservatory of Music, is conductor of the Norwegian Soloist Choir and professor of choral conducting at the University of Oslo. He is ;currently composer in residence at Augsburg College. In the United States he has studied composition with Aaron Copland, conducting with Robert Shaw, a n d organ with Ernest White. His compositions, both choral and instrumental. have been premiered i n Norway by both the Oslo Philharmonic Orchestra and the Norske Solistkor and in this country by several orchestral and choral groups including the Augsburg Choir. Mr. Nystedt recently received the St. Olaf Veda1 from the King of Norway for his contributions to the musical life of his country. In the year of its birth, Nystedt's setting of "De Profundis" won the coveted Norwegian prize as the best composition of the year, all categories considered, and it was subsequently performed a t t h e International Society for Contemporary Music. Given its U. S. premiere by the Augsburg Choir, the revolutionary character of the piece opened new paths in choral composition and performance in this country. His later "Praise to God" continued the exploration of new sounds. This work was given its world premiere by the Augsburg Choir. DR. DALE WARLAND has been at Macalester College since 1967. A native of Fort Dodge, Iowa, Dr. Warland is a graduate of St. Olaf College and has attended the University of Minnesota (M.A.) and the University of Southern California (D.M.A.). His professional career has included positions at Humboldt State College (Calif.), and Keuka College (New York) before joining Macalester. He has prepared several major choral works for performance with the Minnesota Orchestra. During the past season, the Macalester choirs participated q i t h the symphony i n Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" premiere in New York City and in a local performance of "Missa Solemnis" by Beethoven. Minneapolis, the City of Lakes, offers a full and varied program of recreation opportunities to complement the facilities a t Augsburg College. Swimming i n one of the many lakes, golfing at the municipal courses and other activities are easily accessible to participants. - 6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren Choral Topics I1 "Color and Concept," "Directing Mixed Meter Music," "Line" and "Functional Choral Music" are some of the topics to be considered. - 7:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Knut Nystedt "The Interpretation ?nd Performance of Music by Knut Nystedt. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ABOUT THE WORKSHOP Music is never static. It is constantly alive speaking - expressing. As music continues to develop new avenues and vehicles of expression, the director must seek the understanding and techniques of bringing this expression to his audience. Leland B. Sateren and the Augsburg Choir have long been associated with the presentation of "new" choral music. Each year they have premiered important new works such as Nystedt's "Praise to God." Knut Nystedt, Norway's leading composer of choral music, is active in the "new" sounds in choral composition. Mr. Nystedt is extending his stay as composer in residence at Augsburg College to take part in this workshop. Dale Warland, director of choral organizations at Macalester College, has been associated with the preparation and performance of a number of larger contemporary works including the New York City premiere of Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" with the Minnesota Orchestra. Augsburg College has chosen this, its Centennial Year, to enter the field of choral workshops. The importance of this new music, the music of the future, will be the primary focus of the Sateren Choral Workshop in its first year. TUITION Without Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $~o.oo* This includes mimeographed materials and attendance ?t 911 sessions. Participants will be given the opportunity of purchasing the music used in the workshop. Partial Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00~ Partial registration is available for those unable to attend the complete workshop but wishing to take part as their schedules permit. Undergraduate Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20.00 One or two undergraduate credits may be earned through Augsburg College upon examination and payment of the special $20.00fee. This fee is leveled by the college and has nothing to do with the $50.00 fee listed above. *A 10% discount will be granted to applications received b y May 30. ROOM AND BOARD Single Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55.00 Double Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . $45.00 Participants .will be housed in the new high-rise dormitory, Urness Tower. Meals will be served in the College Center Commons. Accommodations for wives or husbands are available. AUGSBURG STUDENT NO. -Mr. NAME: - Miss Mrs. COLLEGENOW ATTENDING, i f o t h e r t h a n Augsburg: PRESENT ADDRESS: ZIP: PHONE : PERMANENT ADDRESS: ZIP: PHONE: CLASSIFICATION AS OF JUNE, 1969 [ P l e a s e c i r c l e ] : F r . SO. J r . S r . O t h e r : I p l a n t o attend: * - F i r s t Term (June 9 - J u l y 18) Second Term ( J u l y 21-Auaust 9 ) * T h e Second Term a t C o n c o r d i a , S t . P a u l , l a s t s a n a d d i t i o n a l w e e k , i . e . , t h r u A u g u s t 16 FROM THE LIST OF p r o j e c t e d Summer School o f f e r i n g s , p l e a s e e n t e r below your FIRST and ALTERNATE c h o i c e s . Actual o f f e r i n g s w i l l be determined by demand. A normal maximum of 15 c r e d i t s may be earned d u r i n g t h e two terms [16 c r e d i t s i f t h e Second Term work i s taken a t Concordia C o l l e g e ] . FIRST CHOICES Dept. No. Title Term [ s l Credits 1 ALTERNATES I ENCLOSE A TUITION DEPOSIT OF $ . A t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $25.00 i s r e q u i r e d f o r p e r s o n s p r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r f i v e o r more c r e d i t s ; t h e d e p o s i t f o r f o u r o r f e w e r c r e d i t s i s $15.00. Payment i n f u l l o f Summer S c h o o l c h a r g e s i s r e q u i r e d when f i n a l r e g i s t r a t i o n i s c o m p l e t e d o n t h e d a t e c l a s s e s a r e s c h e d u l e d t o b e g i n . Make c h e c k t o Augsburg C o l l e g e I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n and P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1969 Augsburg Summer School B u l l e t i n , which I have read and agree t o . Date : . Signature: . - - . .. . R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d f o r m , t o g e t h e r w i t h d e p o s i t , t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n q e a p o l j s , MN 55404. Or b r i n g t o t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l , Room 1 1 1 . " c ~ ~ - - ~ ~ ' X ~ L ~ , , , ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " C C C - . b MtZd w* REGISTRATION FORM E n c l o s e d i s $20.00 r e s e r v a t i o n f e e f o r t h e S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop. ( T h i s f e e may be r e f u n d e d i f t h e Manager i s n o t i f i e d o f c a n c e l l a t i o n b e f o r e s e s s i o n s b e g i n o n J u n e 1 6 . ) Please check a s applicable: - I d e s i r e a s i n g l e room. - My w i f e o r husband w i l l -I do n o t d e s i r e c o l l e g e accompany me, housing. - I am r e g i s t e r i n g f o r c o l l e g e c r e d i t . Name: , - . . -. - . . . ... Address : - . . . Date: , . ..-. ... , -. - - R e g i s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e Sateren Choral Workshop should be m a i l e d t o : Workshop, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. . . . - ZIP: Manauer, Choral - C C C C 1
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University d Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall at the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and other interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 3 0 17 24 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18192021222324 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 : 9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ........... (Mon.) ............ ............ Final registration and beginning of classes (Thurs.) ........................ Holiday (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin 19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 FEBRUARY 1970 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 , OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 (Fri.) ................. Final examinations June 9 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ July 21 Aug. 8 SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relati,on to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocatio,n, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students t o an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing comer is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for bidogy are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and General fee as described below. (per year) TUITION New freshmen entering September, 1969 (per year) This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) OTHER REQUIRED FEES General Fee (per year) (Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic productions, convocations, and the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969. Breakage Deposit Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) Late registration after classes begin (per day) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ (7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT ElMPLOYlVIENT An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Off ice of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at all possible. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49 grade average + + To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. - REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION IJ In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings. NUlMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department of Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING 2 crs. Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 67 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 68 PRINT MAKING II Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] 1 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9. Spring, 1969-70.1 1 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 1 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] 1 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] 1 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 5 crs. Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1 W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] W 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 76 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] E 81 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] 23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1961)-70.1 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p portunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and-inforial discussion. Special emphasis on general business. l-Fd.1 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 6, 6 crs. 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 6 crs. 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 , 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.] 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.] 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL. LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.] H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average at this point. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring. I 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 15 crs. 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] 0 SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties -of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: 5 crs. MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 4 crs. The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 , 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or # .Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.] . 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.] 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 196%70.] 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47. Spring.] 86 MILTON 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 or #. Spring, 196849.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3, 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. 1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM 5 crs. Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. 2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER 3 M S I O N COURSES W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.) 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. Minor: U credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV (Calculus1 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.] 1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.] 1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGE The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. O FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 5, 5 crs. 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or # .] 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # .Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] 9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPER DWISIOrj COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] +. W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 196%70.] 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department chairman. CSpring.1 1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson, Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists. Lectures stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage. [Spring, 1868-83.1 W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian. Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory . work. Required for all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1 W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII, Winter, Spring.1 SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION OOURSES W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5. 5 crs. A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage. Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be- come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of the college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 1 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-701. 1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 1 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRUD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS 4 crs. Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. . . . . . . . . [Spring.] 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include : the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC 5 crs. Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 1968-69.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: # .Fall, 1969-70.1 H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS OF PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. H l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional night viewing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.I 1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 1 6 1 ELECTRONICS 5 A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] crs. tube and Pre- 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION DEPARTh'IENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance; to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science, public administration, and international relations. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or #. Winter.] W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.] W 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARmNT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. HOWARD The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. . . .. . . Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.I 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] . 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II 4 crs. Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : # . Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course 21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. .An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. See under Department of Sociology. W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] 4 crs. 7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54. 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 32 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196%70.] 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF -- STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7 A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7 Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third, term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULU'MS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 4 - - 5 5-6 - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 - - - 6 - - - 4-5 6 Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreien Laneuaee ~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Sistory 55. Psychology 81s Sociology 42'; 43' Philosophy 65 Electives (non-major) SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20. 21 - - 4 -4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70* Histon 56' ~ d u c a i i o n87. English 82. Political Sci. 22' American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F o r & n Language Natural Science or Math. Philosouhy 21 Art 21Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 83. 84 Art 67 Art 50 History 3 Speech 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21, 22 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - 4 - 4 -- 4 5 5 - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. - Cr. 4 Cr. - -- 4 8 - 4-5 4 4 3 - - - 4 - 8 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. Art ---. 21 -Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 2 2 Art 68, 99 Art 78 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Englsh 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR ---------- Foreign Language Physics 21. 22. 23 Biology 61; 71; or 76 Biology 63, 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Biology 53 or elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 6 6 1 / 3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 or 23 Biology 51, 71, or 76 Biology 73 or elective Biology 72. 74, or 81 Biology 91, 92, 93 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Term Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Socioloev 11 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 5- 6 - 6 - 4 4 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Relieion 21 ~ o r G g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistry 23 H. P.E. 10 Mathematics 13 or 40* Mathematics 14 or elective* Religion Speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53' Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 I I1 I11 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - 5 - - 6 5 - - Term Term JUNIOR I Cr Cr. Cr. TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5-6 6 5-6 0 0 0 - -- - SENIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Biology 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91, 93 Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 5-6 - - 5-6 1 - 1 - 5 10 4 4-5 4 - - - - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Relieion 11 E n g E s h 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1. 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62, 63 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 5 - 5 5 4 4 - - Term Term JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1, 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. .63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ForGgn Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Business Ed. 21 Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed.. 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cy. Cr. 4 - 6 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Business Ad. 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Chemistry 61. 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 6 - 5 - 5 - 4 6 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion €hemism 81. 83 C h ~ m l s m$2 Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 5 5 - 5 5 4 - - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 - 4 4 - 4 - - DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biology 11, 12 ' Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Sueech. Lit. or Hist. ~;ychology 5 Chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22, 23 I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 - - 4 - - ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion F o r s g n Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I Term I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22, 23 Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - Term SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Engljsh 11, 12 Foreign Language Historv 1. 2. or 3 ~ i o l o & o a lscience H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Elective (minor) JUNIOR Relieion ducati ion 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 4 1/3 . 1/3 . 1/3 . - 4 - - - - - - - Term I 11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0 - 4 - - 6 rn SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Phvsical Science poi. ~ c i 20, . 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion r ducat ion 77 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 4-6 - 5 4 5 - 4 5 - - ~ - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Elective (minor) JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign L a n g ~ a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Education 52, 53. 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 4 - 4 5 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - 8 8 8 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives SENIOR Reliigon Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ n g l k h11. 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 75 Physics 62, 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or, Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 History 1, 2, or 3 Literature Sociology 12 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43. 58 Art 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61. 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4-5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - A - - Term I II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ---4 - 5 - - 4 5 - 5 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 Speech 11 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion English 90 Electives* * Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62, 55 English 72 or 74, 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English 90. 91, or 92 Library Science 75 -- -- -45 . 4 4 3 -- - - 4 - 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 21 Intfr. Foreign Language Sueech 11 or Literature ~ h i l o s o p h y 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56, 57 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Education 50' Education 52.. 53.. 54' Education 59* Psychology 5. Conversation 55 Survey 63, 64" Literature 74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or -- Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE 5 5 5 - - 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education Education Education Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives 5 - 2 5 - - - 5 2 5 5 5 5 Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92. 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2. or Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives Term I fI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Naturll Science Greek 11. 12, Philosouhv 21 POI. sG. 30, 21, Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Math. 22 or Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57' H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 71, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOWOBE - - 5 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 H' P E: 335. P.E. 43 R. P.E. 5D' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - - - 6 5 - - 2 4 4 4-5 4-5 4 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 73. H. P.E. 60. Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - - 5 - 4 4 5 4 4 - n - 10 - -- -4 - - - 4 - - Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 8 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage Historv 21, 22 P h i l o s o ~ h y 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - - 5 - 4 5 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN ~ n g l i s h11, 12 Foreian Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociolonv 11 ~ c o n o m i c s 22 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 -~ -.-... Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20. 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosowhv 21 ~ s y c h o i o g y5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Education 84 F,ueech 11 or Literature History History 95 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5-6 5-6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 83. 84, 85 mathematics 72, 73 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - - - - 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I LI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Socioloev 11 ~6riign"~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - - 4-5 4 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Cr. C 4 5 5 5 - - - 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry 4 - 4 4 - - - 45 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - I Relieion Art l or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83. 84 Educatiun 52, 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61. 72 Elective Term II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 4 4 0 0 0 4 - -- SENIOR Term I Religion Education 87 Education 84 Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - -4 - 10 4 - ~ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ngnsh 11, 12 History 2 Sociology 11 SioloEv 11. 12 ~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR I Term Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 - 6 6 6 - - 6 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE I I1 In: Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 SENIOR Cr. r. -. . C . Cr. -. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistry 53 Biology 71 or electives Biology 76 - 4 - - - - 5-6 6 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits 4 6 - - MEDICINE Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits 12 12 12 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15. 16 ChemIstrv 51. 52 &jal science and Humanities General electives Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) 5 5 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53'. 54 Music 60, -61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 5 - 5 - - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 Term I 11 In Cr. - .. Cr. - - . Cr. . - . - - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 0 - 4 5 4 3 0 1 3 0 1 - - 5 - 4 4 4 - 0 1 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - - 4 5 - 4 1 - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, S Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 1 0 4 4 5 - 4-5 4-5 4 4 1 0 - 1 0 - JUNIOR Religion Art 1 Music 60, 61, 62 Music 53*, 54 Music 57, 58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives * Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 4 4 4 1 0 3 1 0 - 4 - 4 - 4 - 3 1 0 4 SENIOR Religicn Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4-5 - - 4 - 1 0 1 0 4 - 1 0 4 8 10 - 5 Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term 1IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. For& Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics. 22 Psychology 5 Term I I1 m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52, 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 - 4 -4 -9 8 0 0 - 5 4 - 4 5 8 0 Term SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 ~ n 0. Cr. Cr. - - 10 5 - 4 - 13 13 - - - - 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. ---5 4 5 5 5 4 - SOPHOMORE 4 - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Phdosophy 23 Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. -5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - - 4-5 - 4- 4 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. (Sr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. m FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e Math. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or'3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 61 Physics 51, 52 Mathematics 83, Art 1 or Music Physics 62. 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or 3conomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion ~ o r e i g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81. 84 Economics 22. 23 Psvcholow 5 ~iferaturF Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61, 62 Philosophy 23 Political Sci. 22, 50 Computer Science 45 History 21, 22 SENIOR Religion Political Sci. 51, 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives Tern I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 5 4 - - - - 4 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Psvcholoev ~&ychol Psychology Psychology Electives 81 o99 ~~ 91 Elective RELIGION MAJOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Math. I Term n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion .-P O ~ . 2"i. - 20,-21,-or or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - 4 6 - - - SENIOR Term I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Eneldh 11. 12 scGa. 1. 5 EListov 1. 2. or 3 Natural Seience or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 Term I nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Religion Psychology 5. Education 50. duoa at ion 52, 53, 54. Education 59. Scand. 72 Philoso~hv 21 Scand. -74Scand. 62 Electives SOPHOMORE - 4 5 - - 4 0 0 - - 05 5 - 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84' Education 83' Education 87; Scand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives * Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ u i i i e s s~ - d 1. Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SECOND YEAR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 psychology 5 Speech 11 Busixess Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Historv 1. 2. 3 ~ o r e i & ~anguage' Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - - SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives * Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 4 5 5 - 5 4 4 4 - - - - SENIOR Relieion ducati ion 84 Education 83 Education 87 Sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate scho,ol. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Socioloev 11. 12 A& 1 ~ u s i c30 H. P E . 1. 2, 3 or JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,' 62' Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 5 - 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - - - 4-5 4 - 4 - 4 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75' Sociology 82, 83 Socioloas 91. * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Lannuaae ist tory 1,r .2 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Sociology 51.' 52.* 53. Sociology 54,* 55,' 56" Sociology 61; Psychology 5 Sociology 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 - -4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Soeech 11 or Literature ~ b l Sci. . 2 0 , 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42, 43 Elective SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75. 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. 0 SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Soeech 61 ~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 60 Speech 51. 55 Education 50 Educction 52, 53, 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Langu.age Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 4 5 5 6 4-5 - - 6 4 5 - Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Relieion speech 16 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education Education Education Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. or 67 84 83 87 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Dr. Dr. Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans t:. I ,l.t Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. 0 Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0.G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMI'ITEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum t:; ,C: '% D *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson "Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemrner, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; MS., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. "Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. "Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. "Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University of Minnesota. "Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. "Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. "Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. :':Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. "John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University osf Minnesota. 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of MinnesMa, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. *Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. "Richard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank osf Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemrner (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. :!:Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bemhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. "Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. t:; ,C: Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University omf Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '!:Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor o,f Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University d Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. TedefaIk (1967). Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium,Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0.Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota. *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. :'tLoren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. 'Vohn W. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. '!:Harley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages "Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology '!'Paul H. Zimmennan (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. Part-time faculty Ahlson, Margaret Ann . . . . Williston, N. Dak. Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . . . . . . Paynesuille . . . . . . . Benron Anderson, Barbara W e n Minneapolis Anderson, Carol Louise . . . . . . Anderson, David Elbert . . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . . . . . . . St. Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . . . .C l i m . . Badger, la. Anderson, Karen Ann . Anderson, Mary Kay . . . . . . . . . . Red Wing Andreasen, John Gabriel . . Viroqua, Wis. . . . . . . Glencoe Arlt, Nancy Jeanne . . . Hinckley Ausmus, Duane G . Bagley, Harold James . . . . Zimmerman . . Robbinsdale Bakke, Judith M Beiningen, Janet Marie Cnnbr Benson, Carolyn Mae . . . . . . . . IIin~ropuIix Berg. Anita Christine . . . IT>ldl Berg, David Clarence . . . . . Minneapolis Bcmsvr)m. llnhrfi D P U I I ! ~ .\linncapnl~: Ilcri... Lmr;or~:\ nk:unrl . . Ilinr>opoik B!d:r. Rn.;s!d Pichord . . Sfishrd. Tl'mh nlnm. Cochcrjne T;lir.>betlr Bricrll-n E-XF?. Thc1r1at 5 P l!inncape!fi Rol:ta.l. PIJAIAil.:rnm(i . . .lli-u~~:ap+~#i . :\1inr~-2poIi$ Eokrb~l.Flo<.gmia !.I no~rn~?:. C1t.1-IPS I?<ril> afic,rap& h : h - Tir1.b lr>~ir!g*::-n For: I;:nr:cir. On: , COK. h ~ ~ i cC*x .n i c LII*, . 3Iimrrrrrolir E r n z w r ~ I:IIIP5w;m~ll~r , Ddmrnh. la. BCII>~~,IIJT.Ri~,iianl n'ilhom . IE~ncc,mliBruzek, Barbara . . . . . Minneionka Buhler, Joan Butterfield ... Carlson, Lee Diron Cartwright, Paul Otis Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . Christenson, Bruce G. . Cole, Larry .... Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . Coltvet, Helen B . . Corson. Corbin G Coryell, Charles Emerson Daniels, Brian Howard Danielson, Margaret C. Davis, Kathleen Marie Degen, Heidemarie . Delany, Marjorie Drews, Ellen Udine Minneapolis Anoka Princeton, N.J. .... Edina , Minneapolis Minneapolis Estheruille, l a Esiherville, In. Stockton, Calif. . Richfield .... Onalaska, Wis. . Minneapolis . . . Minneapolis i:rm;A-!urr am Main 1l'rj-r Germany . . . Waucou, Wis. Minneapolis , . , Egesdal, Miriam Ruth , Emerson, Douglas A. Engle, Judith Lynn . Erickson, Caren D. ....... Erickson, Janet Kathryn Erickson, Judith J. . . . Erickson, Judith Marie Erickson, Karen Kaye Ericson, Rodger Tilden Estenson, Grace Rolinda Elmore ?q-m.sci!lr ze;l$.*!d St. Pau! Rich,GrZJ . K~rWwr llinmcpolt, . Ricllficld . S?mch/i~:Id . Sun5urg ... . . , , . . . Thief Riuer Falls Ferber, Rebecca Ellen Fercheq Duane V. . . . Niagara Falls, N.Y. . . . . St. Louis Park Finke, Rodger Gary Fist, Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Winona Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . Richfie! Frick, Phyllis G , .... Minneopohs G i l b e m n , JoAnn Gayle . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Duluih Gilleland, Richard E Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin .. . . Sheridan, Wy. Greenfie14 John Nelson . Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . Moniicello Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Hallcock, Beverly Marie . . . . . Northfield Hamberg Sandra Diane Edstrom Red Wing Hanse, Joel G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Hansen Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . Richfield . . . . . Richfield Hanson, Cynthia Ann . . . . . Thief River Falls Hanson, Ronald A. . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Thomas Frederick Minneapolis Hanwick, Theodore Thor . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wesibrook Hauberg, Lila Lee Hedman, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman Hendricksoq Alan Albert . Negaunee, Mich Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . . Minnetonka . . . . . . . Maple Lake Hoekstra, Harold J. ... Brooklyn Center Hoff, Larry Eugene Hokkanen, Jerry David . . Kimble . Piermont, S. D d . Holm, Marilyn Franzen ...... Tigerion, Wis Holm, Steven Andreas Holmgren, Sharon Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . Radcliffe, la. Hoversten, Linda Marie Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson Minneapolis . Permock Huseby, Edward J . Jacobson, David R Joesting, Susan Jean Johns, Russell H . Johnson, David Lawrence Johnson, Dennis Carl , Johnson, Donna Marie Johnson, Douglas Arthur Johnson, Duane Elmer . Johnson, Gary Steven Johnson, Gay A. . . Johnson, Irene M. Johnson, Karen Janice Johnson, Mardelle B Johnson, Robert Leslie . Johnson, Sally Ann . Johnson, Sandra Lee . Joing, Bonnie Jean Minneapolis . . . . St. Paul .. .. . Gheni, N.Y Bloomington Lake Mills, la. . Minneapolis Lahr, N. Dak. Columbia Heights Red Wing . Grantsburg, Wis . . Minneapolis , . Minneapolis ... Kirkland, Ill. . Willmar McCaIlsburg, Ia . . . Annandale . Minneaoolis . . Hector Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite . . Pmkers Prairie Kalpiq Kathleen L Klemp, Joy Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . Ezcelsior Klepp, John DeWayne . . . Bag* .... Ezcelszor Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . Kosloskc, Daryl Gordon . . Fairmonl Kotval, Sandra Jeanne . . . . . . . . Broweruille Kristenson, Allan Jerome Wanamingo . Kruse, Verland E. . Bloomingion KJ-110, Loren Jon Burnsuille . . Faribauli Landa, Mark Lange, Walter 5. Minneapolis . . . . . Minneapolis Larsen, Oliver A , J r , St. Paul Larson, Allen James . Newman Grove, Neb. Larson, Carole Jane Ht.c:nr Larsou, Mary Lynn LaSalle, Judith Carol I I ~ ~ ~ ~ t o r ~ o Lce, Henry Albert Ccn:rr.v. ;llbrr:a Can f.aCr.isr. R'i. Lee. Thomas Robert , <(!~iir .ihdja, Z:hiop~c Legesse, Hagos Lund, John W .Ilirms;unkc Lund, Karen 0 . . . Rusm~i Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth St. Croiz Falls, Wis . Minneapolis Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl . Maas, Jerry LeRoy Mattison, Donald Roger Mattson, Dean ElRoy Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera Mattson, Philip Dale . . . . McCaughan, Charles A McGregor, Thomas Robert Meland, John Kristoffer Miklos, Geraldine Charron . Miller, John Richard Minear, Spencer E. . . Moland, Lucille Sharon . . Moore. James Ral-mond , Mork, Richard 3Iilk1n Morreim, Jeanne Wanner Muehlenthaler, Sharon B Myrvik, Karen Ann . . Minneapolis Minneapolis Luck, Wis Roseau , Milaca . . Bloomingion Minot, N. Dak . Minneapolis , Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis Malia, Ill. , . Si. Paul . Benson cumberland, Wis . . St. Paul . Rockford, Ill. Nelson, Anne Moen ........ Hillsboro, N. D d . Nelson, Blair Russell ............... Lakeville Nelson, Jacqueline .................. Richfield Neseth, Carmen Lois .......-......... Kenyon Nor& Sandra Roth ..............., .. St. Paul N o m , Grant Marvin .......... Clayton, Wis. N o m l d , Douglas Berg ....... Wooduille, Wis. Nygaard, Marie T. ......... Columbia Heights Oelschlager, Karen .............. Wanamingo Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama ... Abba, Nigeria Olson, Gracia Naorni ............. Robbinsdale Olson, Joseph Andrew ............ Minneapolis Olson, Larry Howard ........... Granite Falls Olson, Mary Ann ...............Minneapolis Olson, Sanfred N . .................. Roseville Ostby, John Leonard ............ Minneapolis Ostenson, Karen L. ................. Dennison Palmgren, P a ~ c i aClaire ............ St. Cloud Paulson, Dennis Edward ............ Clitherall Pautz, Lynn Eagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Wayne Kenneth . . . . Brooklyn Pmk Persons, Warren Lee - . . - . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Darrel A. .................. Fmwell Peterson, Janice L. ............. Minneapolis Peterson, Ronald David .............. Cosmos Petzke, Bonita Kae .................. W i l l m r Pierson, Diana L. ............... Minneapolis Pinke, Paul August ................ Hustings Podas, Gary Charles ........... Minneapolis Poeschel, Richard Albert ............ Ezcelsior Popp, Kathleen Ann ............... Hutchinson Prokofieff, Philip E. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Quam, Marilyn A. ................. Kenyon Ree, James R. ................St. Louis Pmk Rejff, Paul G. ................... Si. Paul Reiman, Dennis B. .................Princeton Rindal, Terence W . ................. St, Paul Ring, Vernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Robbins, Richard Raymond . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronning, Donald David . . . - . . . .Fmgo, N. Dak. Ronning Sharon Bjugstad ........ Barron, Wis. Rosenquist, A d e l i e E. ........... Alezandria Rossing, Melvin 0. ...... Tulem, Madagascar Rosvold, L , Beverly ............... Cottonwood Rued, Mary Margaret . . , ....... Minneapolis Rykken, Dennis Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . W i l l m m Minneapolis Sandau, Ivan D. ................. Minneapolis Sandin, Shirley Ann . . . . . . ., .......... Minneapolis Sather, Bonnie Louise Sawai, Noboru ................. Minneapolis Sawyer, Carol Ann ...... Newman Grove, Neb. Scharmer, Bonita Boll . .,............ Winona Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . ., ........ Zumbrota Schumann, Carolyn A. ............ Long Lake Scot% Michael David ............ Beloit, Wis. Senn, James A. ........ , ........... Hopkim Severson, Roland 0. . . . . . Blanchardville, W i s Sexton, Lela M. ................. Chicago, Ill. Shaleen, Esther A. ................ Richfield Shores, Stanley Bernard ............. W i l l m m Sigurdson, Eunice E. . . . . . . . . .New Hope Simonson, Ronald Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .McGraih Sorenson, Richard Edward . . Eau Claire, Wis. Sprague, P a ~ c i aJean .... , , . . St. Louis Park Stavmu, Soterios G. .. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus Stende, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stenson, Charles 0. ............... Minneapolis Stensrud, Alan T. ............. Golden Valley Stivland, Rodney L. ................. Lowry Strand, Carol Ruth .. , ........ Silverton, Ore. Streufert, Paul R. ........... Columbia Heights Strom, Dale L. ................... Richfield Struve, James Kenneth .............. Rochester Sundberg, Lois E. .................... Fridky ... Thimsen, Marcia Ann ............ Minnetonko Thompson, Judy M . .............. Minneapolir ....... Badger Torrin, Darryl Douglas Arne1 Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la. Wagner, Dean Eldon ......... Lake Mills, la. Wagner, Nicholas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Fmington Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth Wallen, Lynn Louise .............. Richfield Warzyniak, Robert W . ......... Lester Prairie Weimer, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Westby, Steven Arnold ............ Robbinsdale Will, Connie D. Clarine ........ Wmrsau, Wis. Williams, Richard Keith ............ Austin Windingstad, Ronald M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Woida, Duane Arthur ......... Peshtigo, Wis. Woolson, Cynthia Lee .............. Hmings ........ Zimmerman, Paul Henry, Jr. ...... Zumbrota Zinn, Richard Carlton ............... St. Paul GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31) Aas, John Edward ........... Pelican Rapidr Adams, Marcia Louise ............ Minneapolis Albaugh. Marilyn Rae ............... Aurora Anderson. Barbara J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis Anderson, Bruce Edward .-........ Eagle Bend Anderson, Joyce Ardell . . . . . . . . . . . .Austin Anderson, Patricia P. . . . . . . . . . . . Smgeant Andreason, Shirley M. .......... Minneapolis Arends, Ardell Martha . . . . . . . . . . Wubasso Asp, Julie Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peterson Asper, Victoria Sharon . . . . . . Frederick. Wis. Axberg, Robert Atle . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bnrnaal. Lnis b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smwd N w j Rarsners. .bite > M e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J'a~wm BaidL;lld.~.Szndm Jcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . W n l m Bntnldm, S!eph.cn Kolmer . . . . . . . FfinnicpoEis Ecouclair ir.Sil&~l 31, . New Roclford. iV Dak. Ecnsorr. I7n:lcr; R . . . . . . . . . . Rw,kl?-rr Crnlrr ............... d i i w o ~ a n e ~ Carol . >J+k Bdhk@.c,Iuel Lce . . . . . . . . . . . . . C m o n Fdh Hnlllt M u i l ~ pfmn ............. H u f c k i m n Bp[Imnn. L.4. ............... ?rlimnpolis Born-ic!c S k v m i7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RndcIif!~.Ic. Brdtsch Keith nirhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%+n~ilk &ewerh Chstanm T. Elizabeth ...... S!. PR::~ Burke, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Chilgren, Donald L. ....... St. Anthony Village Christianson, Donna Dean . . . Wolf Point, Mont. Cina, Stephen Alan ................ Richfield Clawson, John T . ............... Bloomington Cooper, Grant William ........... Minneapolis Dahlquisf Kathleen . . . . . . . Minneapolis Danielson, Thad Carl ..........Amarillo, Tezas Deden, Ruth Ann ............... Zumbrota Doering, Sandra Lee ............. Robbinsdale Dolan, Mary Margie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H a m 1 Donald, William Paul ............ Minneapo1i.i Dunham, Loren J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Enlund. Marian I ................. Richfield Enstad, John C. ......... , ...........-. Revere Erickson, C o ~ o eLeRq. . . . . . Cannon Falls Erickson, Douglas R. . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Erickson. Elaine Marie . . . . . . . Minneapolis Erickson. Steven I. ................. Cambridge Evenson, Larry Kent . . . . . . . . . . .Hamka . . . - . . . . . . . . . . Dululh Feddick, Kathleen A. . . . . . . . Ceylon Fenrich, Robert C. ...... . . . . . . . Milaca Feryson, Ronald Morris Filreis, Lucille Randall ................ Edina Fischer, Janet Susan ............ Buffalo Lake Forseth, Stephen W . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Frovik, Terry James . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Gaard, Marilyn Kay . . . . . - . Boyceville, Wis. Geisness, Carmolita K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Alerandria Gerschwitz, Paul Roy . Streaky Bay, S. Australia . . . - . . . .Minneapolis Gierke, Alan Raymond Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft Minneapolis Gisselquisf Rebecca Joan ...... Sioux City, l a Gjerde, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . Miles City, Mont. Goldenman, Dennis Alan ......... Zimmerman Gosewisch, Lorraine J. ........... Racine, Wis. Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . -Id Groth, Fredric Ivan &hu Grover, John Robert ............. Rock&, Gundale, John David $4 h k wk Gunderson, Barry L. &&ttm Gunderson, Karen Mildred , Wash. Hamen, Bruce Lyle Hansen, Lee Anne W i b Haugen, David Allen M q > Hedquist, Willard A. &W Heitman, Sharon Kathleen ...... South St. Paul Heleesen, Rebecca L j n n .. , ......... Burnsville Helgesen, Sonja Jean Minnetonka Robbinsd.de Helskom, Gary K. .....:.......... Hetland, Duane Gordon Radcliffe, Highum, Gayle Elaine RILEhford ................... :....... Fa .......... ... .............. .................. ............. ................ ............ .a.4..... .-..........-.. ...'.....'lory Zumbrota Ia ................. Hirdman, Hoeft, Ardis Freda Hoffman, Sheldon Minneapolis Hofteig, John Haldor ............. , ... Mound Hokamon, Dale H. ............... Minneapolis Hosman, Robert Mur, , , Oak Lawn, 111. Hoveland, Dawn Diane .............. St. Paul Huber, Ronald R. ............... Montgomery Hueoson. Eueene Leiehton ......... Easi Chain Huseby, Rebecca Ann ............. Albert Lea Jacobson, Carol Beske ................ Atwater Jacobson, Karen Lee ................. Hawick Jensen, Cheryl Marie ............... St. Paul Johnson. Bonita Phyllis ........... Minneapolis Johnson. Dale I. ................. Rockford, Ill. Johnson, Kaylene Ruth New Richmond, Wis. Johnson, Lance S. ............... ,. .. S t Paul Johnson, Peter N. ... Tananariue, Malagmy Rep. Jorgensen, Michael Theodore ...... Minnetonka Kivi, Eileen Emch ................... Glenme Klune, John Gradie ...... .; ...... Minneapolis Knutson, David Walter ............... St. Paul Lamprccht, Gloria Dianne ........... Wabasso Lanes, Mary Lou ................ Montevideo Lang, Donald George ............. Lamberton Larsen, Frederic Clinton Culbertson, Mont. Larson, Karen A. Virginia ,. Climas Larson. Linda Rae Lechnyr, Patricia Ann ............ Minneapolis Lee, Robert Lloyd Wells, Mich. Leschensky, James E. ................... Edina Lewis, Janice Joan Coon Rapids Lewis. John Carl ............... Minneapolis Lewis, Pichard John Coon Rapids Liebers, Myma Gail .... , ........ Wmerly, la. Lier, Peter C. ................... Minneapolis Lillquist. George E., Jr. ... Spring Lake Park Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis ......... Lake Crsytal Lindell. Jamcs Gerald. Jr. ...... South St. Paul Lohn, ~ a r y~ o w a r d ............... ' Hayfield Dell Rapih, S, Dak. Loken, Ruth Mae Lyons, Kenneth Russell .......Columbia Heights ............ ..,. ... .... .................... ........... ....... ............... ............... ............. ......... Madsen, Janet Marie .................. Canby Minneapolis Magnuson, Stanley Richard Mattson, Carol Jayne ...............Lakeuille Madison, Wis. McKnight, Marilyn S. ............ Osseo Menzel, Lawrence H. .... , Zimmerman Meyer, Marlys Bertha Michaelsen, Jennifer Else ......... Minneapolis Eden, S. Dak. Miller, Dennis D. Moe, Eleanor Solveig ............. Viroquq Wis. Moore, Susan Diane Christianson ... Minneapolis Willmar Mork, Carol J. ..................... Munderovski, Roy Vitauts ........... Owdonna Munson, Diane Shirley ........... Robbimdale ....... ......... ............ ............... St. Paul Nelsen, Kay Eileen .................. Nelson, Linda Louise ............ Barron, Wis. Nelson, Paulette ....................... Spicer Mirznegpolis Nelson, Philip John ...........:.. Nelson, Susan Ann ............. Spooner, Wis. Nerdrum, Carol Joan ............ Stanley, Wis. Niles, Richard Allen .................. Hopkins Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser ... Golden Valley Nyquist. Joel Victor .................. Cokato Columbia Heights Ocel, Roger ................. .................Ocomo, Wis. .................. Roseuille ............... Spring Valley Olsen, Myron Lee Omundson, L. Jean Overholt, Suzanne Ozbolt, Anthony C. .......... Kansas City, Mo. Pederson, Thomas Calvin Stmbuck Persson, Maxine Marie ........... Minneapolis Petersen, Cheryl Christine Robbinsdale Peterson, Daniel Lean Jackson Peterson, Donovan David ......... Minneapolis Peterson. Gerald B. ............... Minneapolis Peterson, Kenneth R. Minneapolis Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent Minneapolis Pimnan. William V.. Jr. ............... Anoka Pudas, Grant Peter ............... Minneapolis ............. ......... ................ ............ ... ............ Minneapolis Rakow, Dorm Edward Ramnarine, David James CFlmcron .... Skeldoa Guyana Refsal, Harley J. .................... H o f f m n Reiff. Jamcs E. St. Paul Frank ............ *M Rice' Linda Jane ................. Roe. Janice Elaine . . - - . .* - - - FQ+E?,N. D+ ....................... - Ruona' RUpp' Emma - *-*' ............ .. ' '.... ' ' ....' ..a P~ Ann .......... trr(?maca* M i h Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur Sahl, Thomas James ............. Salo. Susan Sandbo, Mark R. ............... Minneapolis Sather. Sylvia Carolyn ............ Minneapolis Schlachtcnhaufen, Salame Ann . . Dcs Moines, la. Scholla, Muriel Berg .............. Bird Island Forest Lake Schrocder. Marian Ethel Scbultz, Michael Louis .......... Lester Prairie Lester Prairie Schwartz, John Norman Selstad. John Leslie ............ Minneapolis Nmhua, N. Hump. Senner. Priscilla Ruth Scttcrholm, Richard Dale ...... Brooklyn Center Sjerslee. Sallic Stephenson ......... Minneapolis Sjogren, David August ...... , .......... Hector Skottegaard, Robert Charles ....... Minneapolis Slavik, Robert Alan .............. Minneapolis Sletten, Jerilyn Kay ............. Barron. Wis. Smith, Paul D. .............. , .. Seattle, Wash. Snyder, Thomas Stanley ......... Minneapolis Sorenson, John Arthur ............ Minneapolis Sparks, Carol1 ................... Minneapolis Stensvaag. Ruth Ingrid ........... Minneapolis Glencoe Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann Strornmen, Mary Ellen ......... Rockford, 111. Stromsmoe, Gail Marie ...... Thief River Falls ... Minneapolis Sulzbach, Ann E. ......... , Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes ...... Minneapolis Swanson, Karen Dahlin .......... Minneapolis Swenson, Joan A. Alden Minneapolis Minnea~olis Syl~.ester,David Ernest RUUd' .............. "X ........................... ........... ......... ...... ............. .......... ........... ............ Teige, M. Philip Wateruille, Maim Tesdell, Darlene Joyce ............. Slafer, In. Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette ............. Glencoe Thompson, Robert Nathen Lake Lillian Tibbitr, Lorene Monmn ............... Canby Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna ............. Willmar Center City Titmd, Mark .................... True, David Jon ............. Columbia Heights ........ Utgaard, Stuart Brady Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri ..... Star Prm'rie. .............. St. Wis. Paul Walen, Barbara E. ............... Minneapolis Wall, Geraldine Neff ............ Minneapolis Warner, Ronald Dean ....... Granduiew, Wash. Wcsley, Lynn Carol ................. St. Paul Westenno. Mary Ellen ........... Minneapolis White, Clyde Edward ............ Minneapolis Wilfrid, Luther Jon ............. Minneapolis Wilson: Carolyn Jean ............... Hayfield Woida, Karen Leslic Horton ......... St. Paul Wold, Philip Arlen ...........S i o u City, la. Wood, Virginia Joanne ......... New Brighton Wyckoff. Madeleine Jeanne . . Colun~biaHeights Youngquist, Michael William Richfield Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng ............ Hong Kong Yuzer, Barbara Ann Wood Lake ....... .............. . Graduates - 1870-1965 ................................ 3496 OF Graduates - 1966 ..................................... 247 GRADUATES Total ................................................ 3743 SUMMARY ENROLLMENT SUMMARY AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1966-67 Class Senior ..... Junior .... Sophomore Freshman . Special .... Nurse (D. H.) Nurse (F. H.) Nurse (M. H.) Nurse (S. H.) Total ..... First Term Men Women Total Second Term Men Women Total Thii Term Men Women Total 98 158 218 242 31 95 156 211 232 28 91 154 205 254 28 747 112 149 204 255 26 35 210 307 422 497 57 35 44 44 44 44 79 948 79 1695 98 150 199 254 25 34 40 41 75 916 193 306 410 486 53 34 40 41 75 1638 732 92 150 198 259 24 34 35 41 75 908 183 304 403 513 52 34 35 41 75 1640 TOTAL ACADFJMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior ................................... Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse @. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................................... Men Women 105 162 222 256 35 114 157 207 262 31 35 44 44 79 973 780 Total 219 319 429 518 66 35 44 44 79 1753 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 196G1967 Men Students ......................................... 780 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 Total ..................................................1753 'DEX Academic Administration . . . Accounts. Payment of . . . . . Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administration . . . . . . . . 41. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . American Studies . . . . . 50. Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . Art. Department of . . . . . 51. Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 13 2 128 22 23 23 102 7 108 9 108 32 46 34 Biology. Department of . . 54. Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration . 57. Business Education . . . . . 59. 109 12 126 8 110 111 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62 Classification of Students . . . 45 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72 Co-curricular Program . . . . . 29 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Committees of the Faculty . . 130 Comprehensive Examinations 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97 12 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48 C d i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 American Studies . . . . . . . . 108 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . 110 Business Education . . . . . . . 111 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Elementary Education . . . 112 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Liberal Arts . . . . . 108 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Health and Physical Ed. . . 115 High School Teaching . . . . 113 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Medical Technology . . . . . . 118 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Sectetarial Work . . . . . . . 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distinction. Degree with . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 41 111 24 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education. Department of . . . Education. Elementary . . 65. Education. Secondary . . 66. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eligibility Requirements . . . . . Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . 68. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Requirements . . . . . Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 58 112 113 42 34 20 43 48 100 114 114 146 22 47 12 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 966). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Ed. . 72. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43. Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 115 37 113 7 116 103 102 38 48 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Intercollegiate Athlfetics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 10 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76. Medical Technology . . . 103. Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Metropolitan Opportunities . 27 Ministry. Preparation for the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music. Departmtent of . . 83. 119 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86 42 117 118 118 Objectives and Aims ...... 7 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Pass/No Credit Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13 Personnel Services. Student . . 35 Philosophy. Department of 87. 120 Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics. Department of . . 90. 120 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 8 Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123 President's Board of Advisors 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . 94. 121 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recreatio'n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Registration. Change of . . . . . 45 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Religion, Deparhnent of . 95, 122 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43 Requirements, Graduation . . . 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, 122 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Sec~tarialCourses . . . . 59, 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Social Sciences, Division of the 50 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology, Deparhnent of 97, 124 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 115 Special Programs of Study . . 102 Speech, Department of . 100, 124 Student Activities, Coordinution of . . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . 27 Student Personnel Services . . 35 9 Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements 47 41
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGS8URG COLLEGE 731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 gr - 8 Official Publication o f I Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM , N I- m A I S U M M E R 1980 !I . J 1
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Libr...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. O l d M a i n 5. Wcsl Hall 6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music- Hall 11. Psychology Building 12 Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Slage II Thrdter 15. Lillle Thrcitc,r 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Studrnt Parking C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Facul~y-StaffParking F. M u r p h y Square G. Practice Field H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp -..-... + ' - , , . . - , .,\: ,. -.:+, . ( Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Contents 2 Campus Map 5 Introduction 7 8 12 16 24 30 44 45 128 139 140 142 Facilities Admissions Costs Financial Aid Student Life Academic Information Brief Facts Course Descriptions Registers Communication List Index Academic Calendars Philip Thompson, Art Department chair, checks a student project Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and women's volleyball Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower at Homecoming Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultwral and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear, disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a cran~~nued goal of the college, f P$ Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand I ~ Christian P faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world. a Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting, provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany, in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college graduation was in 1879. Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year. Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway, centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl ' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years. Location and Campus Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus . or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The Council on Social Work Education The American Chemical Society Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Minnesota Private College Council Lutheran Education Council in North America Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South. Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student Eousing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions 9 Freshmen Students Early Decision Early Admission 10 Transfer Students 11 Former Students Special Students (Non-Degree) International Students 8 Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue South Campus Hub, the College Center, and Urness Tower I' Moving in - often a family affair Ir: . . 4 Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin. cP Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors. visit prospective students in their schools, assisting rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Whencves possible, the Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made. f Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented instcad of t h high ~ school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made. g 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scorcs, and tecommenrlation5. Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid 0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office. f A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr ~ of the senior year of high i r l i o o f hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg. P A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the Admissions Office. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An ~ ~ r i l 1 arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ . py Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10 return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo not pay the application fce, b Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. 5 Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult the information available from the Admissions Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other nations. Financial Information 13 Costs 1980-81 14 Deposits 15 Payments Refunds Financial Aid 16 Application 17 Gifts 18 Loans Campus Work 19 Sponsored Scholarships 12 Melby Hall - site for registration, Chapel, games, Commencement Gymnasts praclice for competition Music Hall entry invites a lineup Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1980-81 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ......................................$3,660.00 Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ............................ 510.00 This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ......................... 255.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 957.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week) ............................... . ...... 880.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account Late Registration (per day after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.00 A d d a course (after first three days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Cancel a course (after first three days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 .... ......... ......... ... 20.00 ....... 5.00 Nursing Admission Test Introduction t o Cinema Arts 35.00 Film Making (Interim) 70.00 Life Drawing (Interim) Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 20.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) ................. 510.00 Locker Rental (for commuters) Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after fPrst, w h ~ c h is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Special Examinations (Schedule o n file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00 Student Teaching .............. 35.00 Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 10.00 Private, Interim, per lesson Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00 ... Psychology of Music 10.00 Radio-Television ........... Production . . . 10.00 .. 35.00 Theater Technical Production Books and Supplies These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) ............................................ $ 50.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. Housing ........................................................... 100.00 Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e . of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from [he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f cancellation is alier these dates. Breakage and Fine ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... . , ... . .., , .. . .. 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates l single year contracts are indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as r brochure will be miiilcd. availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and b Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g ~ of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls 11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y the C o l l e g ~ (Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according to established repaympnt schetlulcs. r Refunds Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes. 90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h 10th day of cla~srs. UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h h 75th clay ofclasses. ;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs. 60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs. 5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn. - No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. t to Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life. Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office. All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. IG/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes. Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto hcl rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing costs. 9 Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from all aid sources. \ The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources. The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor ~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc- men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration. Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF. Au~sburg'scode is 6014. 3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg , will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aitl packagc. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial Aid/l7 New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of their awarcl by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to inverti~ate rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others, "i Gift Assistance - Available to students who have shown academic Augsbur Tuition Grant r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1 E need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A r;~urlen~'s scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration. 1 Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1. St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln. 18/Financial A i d Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount . grants are hilsed on need the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion . is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr to the appropriate BEOG officc. mF) Loan Assistance National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol minimurn of830 a ~manih) b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school. principal (a1 t R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0. f: 'h Y Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal c or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams. W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge, Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may be e x ~ ~ n d up e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive ! . arc available at thr?callcge, samc ~1ndr1rgra~luate maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan without demonstrating financial eligibility. Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National ~ denrolled in Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum loan is $2500 per year. Campus Work Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl, Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities. 1 Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship deserving junior/senior students. - awarded annually t o t w o M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. David J. Formo Scholarshi established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance. Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclassstudents. Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls P of scholarship, p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe o f State nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf ~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate application required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3 rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer I r)unrldtron {code h577) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. Minority Student Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be awarded to a Blaca student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students. Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded Christian service. on the basis of need, character and interest in The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. awarded annually to an able and Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with a preference for basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the wrestling program. Biology Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship interested in the field of business. - awarded to one or more upperclass students Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business and/or education. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration. Chemistry Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship. Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship. Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship. Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry Scholarship. Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . - established in 1978 for upperclass History awarded annually to students majoring in history H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field. Library Science Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/ senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of mathematics. Music 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. - Student Life 25 Religious Life Student Government 26 Athletics Student Activities Student Services 27 CSD Intercultural Center 28 Health Service Food Service Residence Life 29 Student Rights All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the College Cenler Ready for Christmas - afler finals Classes are small, so you get to know faculty and students Li ~b 7 .. Student Life/25 Student Life Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your edura~ion. !' Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an! plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some 200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion. We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg. Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement arp possibl~! from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If p. ..:-. you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn the College Cenlcr. Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. 26/Student Services The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon , i unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station v, serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower. There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the theater arts depart rnent. Intercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. B Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW). Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes that t ~ pconiext . in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h intrllectual conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its students. F: The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, l ntercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. , and staff as well as You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. "'""6 Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment. htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~ plan t to liclp you assess yourself, explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor. B Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered each year to P II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships), lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf several limes d u l i n ~the year. P Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. 7 Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise. c h a l l r n g ~mare \ Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy anrl procedure. f Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentratr i n two major areas: American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian community Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices, service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities available. lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed International Student Advisor. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~ thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available. Food Service The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All residcnt students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing only if space is available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics. Yo Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student ~fEir5. 7 t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation ( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Academic Information 31 Degrees Academic Calendar Faculty Library & Audio-Visual 32 Divisions 33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s Teaching Licensure 34 Certification Programs Pre-Professional 35 Inter-Institutional Programs 37 Study A b r o a d 38 H o n o r s Program Internship C o n t i n u i n g Education Academic Policies 38 39 40 41 42 Registration Graduation Requirements Grading A u d i t i n g Courses Grade Point Average Classification Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Probation a n d Dismissal Dean's List 43 Graduation w i t h Distinction Independent/Directed Study Veterans 44 Brief Facts 45 Course N u m b e r i n g Prerequisites Psychology Building, Norwegian class, Music Therapy class Academic Information/31 - Academic Information Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad liberal arts backgroun! i n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are c of faculty advisers. encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~ ing ' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission. ~~rl rY Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring the regular term. (See Registration). j a ~ ~ u a Interim ry is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto employ styles of teaching ~ n learning d and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf: ~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog, pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or nt rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1. Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide gbraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are available. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding. Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section. P Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, lnternational Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Church Staff Work Communication Arts Corrective Therapy East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages (Chinese,' French, German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,' Spanish) History International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Stud~es Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso hy PhysicaPEducation (& Adapted PE) Ph sics PoLtical Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science/Social Studies Social Work Sociology S eech TReater Arts 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German, Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s). 34/Certification, Pre-Professional Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. 7 Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology, sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program. ~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson. a - Program Evaluation Certification Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies. I nter-l nstitutional/35 he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C. he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments [ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry 115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one from each r,l ~ I i r c e groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353 recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, at othcr medical schools may including psychology and sociology. R~guirements vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn* mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs 724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/, 351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1 course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary, Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. 36/l nter-I nstitutional Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Study Abroad/37 Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. - Semester or Year Abroad Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv. 38/Academic Policies Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. f Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer (or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements. Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a semester. 8, P Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the c of the Registrar. completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or I 4 7 minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's degree. 2. Completion of a major. Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or co-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. 40/Evaluation, Grading Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Socio ogy English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports -Two sports. lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care ? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0 scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto l use the P/N gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn. % Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several ~ radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education interim C O U ~ S Carp courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English 111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N. 1 Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. \, Grading, AuditingMI Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1. An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\! h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd r hy ~ ~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere. P A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record. A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned n may not be repeated for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y , h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record. d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp and in ~ l i grade c p n i n l average. A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation o n the record. Auditing Courses Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g (or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1 confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W (Wii hdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges. Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her t has been o n probation two or more a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs r the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses. Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses. Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation. Study Options, Veterans/43 Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. IndependentIDirected Study Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate ~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~ (Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill n t r c g i s t ~again r tor t h e c o u r s ~ to rrceive the final grade. Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses reqi~ircrllor he degree. Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own academic dciln. Y Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of the Registrar, as i t is for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 7 44/Brief Facts Facts & Figures about Augsburg College Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 57% of students are Lutheran, 16% other Protestant, 14% Roman Catholic. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by American Chemical Society. MemberTwin Cities Associated Colleges of the Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26 states and 20 nations. Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of 1980,288. Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30. Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80. Library - Over 160,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Majors - 40 in 20 departments. Special offerings include International Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive internship program. Athletic Affiliation - Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school sessions. ~ugsburgCollege 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Departments, Courses/45 Departments, Course Descriptions Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the student should consult the instructors of the courses. subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ . Courscs and terms listed arc A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not b e ~ fulfilled n iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) t: t: Departments and Courses 47 Art/Art History 49 Biology 53 Business Administration & Economics 55 Chemistry 58 East Asian Studies Education Elementar /Kindergarten Early Chidhood Secondary Library Science 68 Engineering 69 English 72 Foreign Languages Chinese French German Greek Japanese Linguistics Norwegian Russian Spanish 81 Geography Health and Physical Education 84 History 87 International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science 90 Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies 93 Music and Music Therapy 98 Natural Science 99 Nursing 101 Philosophy 103 Ph sics 106 Poitical Science 109 Psychology 112 Religion 115 Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies 117 Social Science Social Studies 118 Social Work 120 Sociology 122 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 126 Transdisciplinary Major 127 Women's and Minority Studies 46 Chemisrry lab, Science Hall from the Quad XB FWF- - I . . ART Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by thc Art taculky. Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil, 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. :225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits t o museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n 19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83) Biology Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud - Major Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually reauire Chemistrv 353. Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1982 and alternate years). 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistrv An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate years.) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel. Business Administration I Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391, 392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administratiod53 M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131, 335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from nnc of t h following: ~ Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ . Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474: 8 Internalional Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq l follow. Studrrlrs w h o plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their n program of t' study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 t o b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373, 379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e deparrmcn~chairperson. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants {C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr. r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics). Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately after graduation. Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r program o f study. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business, C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend I I . , . . ." Business Administration/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall) 263 Intermediate Accounting - II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) , 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). 430 Marketing - Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand) 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454 and three other upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming are strongly recommended. MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or 453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479: Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on 379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo to thosf: listetl above. Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses (122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer ly to programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics. Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought, Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d 1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains. Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are: Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics 121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year. 7: American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. / Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. 71 Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a course program early in thelr college career. d Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and 351 or 352. Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. 60/C hemistry - - 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry nl prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry, r Secontl term, nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours , labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school h chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al e ~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy c rmeansol l mocl~rn r h ~ o r ~ of e schem~cal bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East Asian Studies East Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator) This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government, teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies, l 7 This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration OI eSt. Catherine possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~ ~ n (College l of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e languages beyot~dthe first two years. 7 To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government, history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr . stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1 i~ only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion. I Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2 P introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major. d Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of electives. - --- Economics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and , Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater Arts. Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to asr deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg College. Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc, S t u d ~ n ~transferring s from an education program at anuther rollege must be readmissible lo that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115: . . Librarv Sciencr?.341. 358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand l l 2.i i n major and minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. (Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver (483, 484, 478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator. 7, 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course. Application farms arcavailabl~ in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of their rleclarcd major. A student take education courses aficr thc Orientation course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota 13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's gl~ Education < Ion program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t' program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478, special r n c t h ~ t l in s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired. my Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools: ( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S. degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6) Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses. 1 Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe art majorwill r r g i s t ~for r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365; and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC. 373. The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study. All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course) The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses 363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) d 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) Library Science/67 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler, JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services in the Library Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. tngineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period. P k The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College. R Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the freshman year, Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged. English Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in Briii~h literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish 245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser nl regulaj A i l u d ~ with n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n (he English department should work closely wiih an adviser in the department. a10 Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in tke tall term of the so~hornore y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f Education. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration, American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration. k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses, special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P I N grading only. 111 Effective Writing Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall) 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 Modern Drama Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 72/Foreign Languages P 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray, Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm, (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or more of that language. Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311. k Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only. The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad. For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is reauired for graduation. Chinese, French/73 For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r . Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion Competency Exam. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~ become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing. Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and p ~ r s o n ause. l French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf) 352 Creativity and Restraint survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) n 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j . Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended: Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basir < k ~ l into l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\ practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs r uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl e. lor majorstrid minors. Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid) 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque, n, hulklarung and Sturm und Drang lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~ 011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are A--:---^I .- -:A r+..^I--e.r -un.-eccn, . . Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n . '411 n r ft nn nPmand\ Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Creek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information. Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended. M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in cP civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged. R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu- age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand) Russian, Spanish/79 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator. 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the [ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~ practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for t l ma]c~r< and mrnors. Open to all q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. O n demand) 457 Spanish Novel Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography, Health Education/81 Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n Health Education Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410; SOC. 231, 241. Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105; Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ. sequence for teaching license. Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 82/Physical Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol. 103. Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471, 472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493; Professional Affilialion Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl ion or teaching and student tcachin i n an udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator. (This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.) f Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years) Physical Education/83 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 254 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-2) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic, ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and professional ethics. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for details. Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division. Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances, h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1 3 1 r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e language at 1 course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee. Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students. Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering for an u p p e r level course. There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty schedules a n d student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. - 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the last fifty years. l nternational Relations/87 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator) Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104, 332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351, 381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge work in a second modern language. Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14 required courses. Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d Mathematics-Education. 104 Basic Mathematics A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring; solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Computer Science/89 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982 and alternate years) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage, and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall) 90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming cl languagr in numerical analy~~s. Topin tncluric error analysis, the a ~ n r r a concepl l of ill*rativc% formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear 4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on ant1 integration. Credit may be granted toward a ma~tiematic~ rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved. Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution. P Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Garry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc 722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art : 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Metro-Urban Studies/91 Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psyc~ology, religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171, 381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or indepenBent study. 399 lnternship - Metropolitan Resources 498 lndependent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. 499 lndependent Study Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 lndependent Study (Optional) lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated wirli ~ h c language instruction. 92/Metro-Urban Studies 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning - in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 Field Experience 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco 499 lndependent Study Music t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand. Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier, l 5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D. johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas, l David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) Bachelor of Arts Degree Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the* camplction of Thcory 1112, Bachelor of Music Degree Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375, 499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg. Bachelor of Science Degree Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or 365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice; Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103, Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7 Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and Soc. Ill, lZT,231,241,362,375); 7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during t h senior ~ year. This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith nn I ~ N;lrinnal P A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r radiratlon honors In music If they (1) provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors . Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d term of the junior year. Honors Maior: Students may qualify for 1 Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests. Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof l music majors. Music minors musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance ir 5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major may r u b i r i ~ u r e rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof Music. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test. Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one term of residency a t kugsburg College, 101,102,223,224 Theory Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 440 Advanced Musicianship Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 96/Music Therapy 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Music Therapy 110 Introduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars, and guest lecture demonstrations. Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital. Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. S Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument. - Guitar Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. - Orchestral and Band Instruments Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Music Organizations The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Augsburg Choir Wind Ensemble Chamber Orchestra (Membership by audition) Brass Ensemble Chorale Jazz Ensemble Percussion Ensemble String Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble 98/Natural Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics 121, 122. This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor admission to most m ~ d i c aschools, l including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9. d ! All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation with ~ d v i s e ris recommended. a &road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life S c i ~ n (Riology r~ 111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115, 116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar, Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488. Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223, 353; Physics 245). Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust, Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350, 403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y 355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior P to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive statistics are supportive tn lhe major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events. Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum i n Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*) 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344. Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe d junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof i y t h departmrn~. ~ Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal ~ world was not overly important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark Engebretson Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year, Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics. 1 K Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand seniors with departmental approval. 106/PoIiticaI Science - Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division 7 courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas. Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/l07 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign - Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 108/Political Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law I1 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I I for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) Psychology/lOg 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~! ear. 381 or 399 in !he junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended [hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc, devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis recommended far many students. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor. E Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363, PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which [lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for furthcr dctails. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Studv Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior r h a n u and ~ indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects. n IPrerea.: 1051 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology, 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. - 450 Proaram Evaluation The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~ and effici~ncy, The ~~oliflcdlantl organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on. The roleof evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC 362; 50C 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness, James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~ department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major. Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina, and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471. ky Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or 358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American P Lutheran Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work. 1Y 7 7 Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. P 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h Chatailqila Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as government, international business, o r teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Mildred Joel (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate &vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr ! Department of Foreign Languages. 312 Old Norse An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required. N(~rwt?gtan language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. llG/Scandinavian Area Studies - 345 Scandinavian American Experience The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable. Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof ~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~ language desirable. Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11 rcl written work in a Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Social Studies/l17 Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major. Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221, 222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and 121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines: g Economics, History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.) ! Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science n~rthodology course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12 courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104, 3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson ! of thc Dcparrmenl of History in choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r . Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123, Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 118/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of required courses from other departments. Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*; and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least {CHR) course i s strongly recommended. onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the transcript. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services -WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sopharnores. Open ro all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #). 3613ystems of Social Welfare An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Fall) Social Work/l19 363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462,464, Field Work II and IV: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making extensive,systen~~tic dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings. ~ r m i ~ ~These ~ c e sresources , become the core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y. This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly Ocfcndsthc tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation. Y Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363, PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for further details. \ 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 Religion and Society A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121, Fall) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105) 122/Speech, Communication 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban sociology; t h metropolis ~ as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan r area is m a j o r i s ~ u relaled ~s utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 388 Social Inequality Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological - Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances, hearings. These resources become the core of I ~ courqe, P supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior ~ year. Communication Arts/l23 - - - Communication Arts Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375, Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind er speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 243 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 124/Theater Arts 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 480 Seminar in Communication Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. Theater Arts/125 r: B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses : i n movement, cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, a n d 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art. Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r 243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors, a n d a m i n o r i n English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 126/Transdisciplinary Studies 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Women's, Minority Studied127 Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6 courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences { i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses, independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for further details. 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. 232 Blacks in America This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Registers 129 Board of Regents Division for College and University Services 130 Administration 131 Emeriti 132 Faculty Music Hall, newest campus building Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater Commencement Procession wends through Murphy Square i P .,-- . Regents, DCUS/l29 - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James C. Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan ~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~ h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . . Administration President President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson Lowell Brandt College Pastor Carolyn Magnusson Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President ........................................................ ................ A c a d e m l c Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College Rlchard Green Associate Academic Dean Pat Parker John (Jack) A. Hlll Registrar Assistant Registrar Carol Stack Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Cralg Carnahan Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. Director of Audio Visual Services.. ...................................... James Olson Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ................................... Valerle Gealther Mary Olson Recorder ............................................................... Interim Director .......................................................... Tonl Clark Mary A. Klngsley International Studies Program Director International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl ............ ................................................ ........................................................ ...................................................... ................................................... ...................... .............................. F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson Herald Johnson Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services Vlrene Luthl Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel Bonnle-Jean Mork Chief Accountant Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center Mlldred Nelson Robert Gores Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending Gerald Johnson Director of Plant Services Custodial Supervisor Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor Rob Curtls Grounds Supervisor ..................................................... Fred Wolter Manager, lcae Arena James Carey ...................... ........................................ ............................................. ........................................................ ............................................. .............................. ............................................ ................................................ .................................................. ................................................... D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler A. 8. Batalden Assistant to the Vice President Lols G. Wollan Director of Public Relations.. Janlce Rykken Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs Kay Cady Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information Manager, Graphic Center Therese Nlchols Executive Secretary Irene Steenson ........................................ ......................................... ............................... ........................ ............................................ .................................................. Admlsslons ............................................. Kathryn E. Lange Director of Admissions Assistant Director Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor. Admissions Counselor.. Admissions Counselor.. Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator.. .......................................................... Blll Ross Sue Bonner ...................................... ...............................................Erlc Anderson ................................................ Sally Hough ................................................ Llsa Novotny .......................Charlene Weidenbach Administration, Emeriti/l31 Student Affalrs .............. Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Marlanne Sander Associate Dean of Students Rlck Thonl Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Patrlcla M. Olsson Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm Director of Human Development Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren Area Apartment Manager ............................................ John Augustlne ............................................... ..................... ............... ....................................... Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~ of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y 01 Minnesota. Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 132/Facu lty Fac uI ~ 01Y as September, 1980 Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach. Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. *Part-time Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan Music School. Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach. David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S., California State University. Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary. John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 134/Facu lty Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director. Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of Iowa. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., juilliard School of Music. Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l35 Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., University of Georgia. Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach. Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State University. Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages. Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska. Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., University of Minnesota. NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work. Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications. Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University. Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach. William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Facu lty/l37 Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest, Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach. Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University. Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. 139 Communication List for Mail or Telephon 140 Index 141 Academic Calendars F? T... . ; .. ., ! . ..-.."". ... ,.. ....... " -, 138 O l d Main, campus keyslone Hockey is the key attraction at the Ice Center Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran , ' r... , ,',,', .., '.:' Communication List/139 Communications Directory Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries. All have this mailing address: Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President .................................................................330-1212 Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024 Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168 Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001 Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046 Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105 Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036 Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025 Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162 College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107 Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028 Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171 Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations, publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180 Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179 College Center Manager. .................................................. 330-1 109 Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251 Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000 The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance: Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023) ployment - Em- All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. 140/l ndex Academic Adviser ..................... 77 Academic Enrichment ................. 27 Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38 Academic Policies and Procedures 38-45 Accounting Major ..................... 52 Accreditation ....................... 6, 44 Adapted Physical Education ............ 82 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131 Admissions 9-'1'1 Advanced Placement .................. 42 Advanced Standing 42 American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg 11-11 Application for Financial Aid 15-17 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 31. 36 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Auditing Courses 41 ... ......................... .................... ............. ............. ........ ............... ..................... Black Student Programs ................ 27 Black Student Union 27 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... I29 Board of Regents '129 Books and Supplies .................... 14 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. ..................... ............. Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142 Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Campus Tours ......................... 9 Campus Work 10 Cancellation from College 39 Cancellation of Courses 39 Career Planning and Placement 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3 Certification Programs-Art 34. 47 Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112 Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120 Women's Studies 34. 127 Chemical Dependency Program 36 Chinese 62. 73 Classification ......................... 42 Coaching Endorsement 82 College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26 College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139 College Work Study Program 18 Communications Directory 13!1 Computer Programming (CDI) 36 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) .................... 36 38 Continuing Education Coordinators - Discrimination or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 82 Corrective Therapy 13 Costs 1980-81 C.P.A. Certification 34 ........................ ............. ............... ........ .......... ................ ........ ........................... ................ . ........... ........... ......... ................. .................... ......................... .................... Courses. Majors. Minors Art. Art History .................. 47-49 Biology ......................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics 52-59 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61 East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Education 62-68 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72 Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Health and Physical Education 81-84 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87 International Relations 87 Mathematics/Computer Science 87-90 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 90-92 Metro-Urban Studies Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114 Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Scandinavian Area Studies 115-116 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120 Sociology 120-122 Speech. Communication and Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126 Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Women's and Minority Studies 127 ................. ....................... ..... .............. ... ............. ...... ..................... ...... Dean's List ............................ 42 31 Degrees .............................. Deposits ............................. 14 Directed Study ........................ 43 Dismissal from College ................42 Distribution Requirements ............. 39 Divisions ............................. 32 Driving to Campus ..................... 3 .......................10 .......... 53-55 ........................ 10 Early Admission Early Childhood Education Early Decision Economics ......................... Elementary Education Emeriti Enrollment Evaluation and Grading ............. 56-59 ..............63-65 ..............................131 ...........................14 4n-47 ......................... ................................. Facilities.. 2-3. 7 Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137 Fees 14 ...................... .................. ....... ...................... ..................... Financial Aid 16-23 . 28 Food Service Foreign Study 28. 37 French ............................ 73-75 13 Full-time Student German ........................... Grade Point Average (GPA) Graduation Requirements Graduation with Distinction. Grants Greek ........................... 75-77 ......10. 39. 41 ..........39-40 ...........43 ............................ 17-78 77 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29 Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27 . . . ........ ............ ................... ............ 43 Independent Study . . . . . . . . 26. 44 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercultural Center 27 Inter-Institutional Programs 35 Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112 International Business 53 11. 28 International Students Internship Program 38 26 Intramural Athletics Japanese 62. 77 26 KCMR Radio Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63 ................. .............. .................... ................... .......................... ......................... .................... 27 Learning for Living Library/Audio-Visual 31. 35 Library Science Courses ............. 67-68 Life Science Emphasis 98 40. 82 Lifetime Sports Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78 Loans ................................ 40 Location 2. 3, 6 ............... .................. ..................... .......................... Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ........................ 33. 39 Management Major 52 52 Marketing Major Memberships .......................... 6 Metro-Urban Studies 91 Term (MUST) M i d d l e School Science Emphasis 99 Minnesota State Work Study Program ............................ 18 Mission Statement ..................... 5 Mortensen Tower 2. 3. 29 26. 97 Music Organizations ................... ...................... ....................... ........................... ................. ............... Numbering of Courses Off-Campus Programs ................45 .................44 Part-Time Students .................... 13 Physical Science Emphasis 98 Payment Plans 15 Policies ............................ 6. 44 Pre-Professional Programs 34. 3 5 Prerequisites 45 42 Probation Program in Global Community 37 .............. ........................ .......... .......................... ............................ ........................ Re-admission o f Former Students 11 Refunds . 15 Registration ....................... 30. 39 Religious Life 25 Residence Life 28.20 Residence Requirement ............... 39 Room Rent 13 ROTC 36 Russian .............................. 79 ........................... ......................... ......................... ..................... ........................... ................................ ........... San Francisco Summer Term 92 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68 SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook 26 Semester or Year Abroad 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104 Smiley's Point Clinic 2R Society of Physics Students ............ '104 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 79-81 Special Interest Houses 29 Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Government 25 Student Life .......................... 25 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 26 Sudent Rights ......................... 29 Student Services 26-29 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37 Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38 ..... .............. ................... ... ................ .................. .... ................... ....................33 ............................ 9 .........................9. 70 ............................... 13 .....................9. 10 ..................... 2. 3. 29 Teaching Licensure Testscores Transcripts Tuition Tuition Deposit Urness Tower Veterans ............................. 43 Academic Calendar 1980-81 Fall Semester 1981-8z* Sept. 2-3 Sept. 4 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grading option Mid-term break lnterim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 1-2 Sept. 3 Sept. 7 Sept. 17 Sept. 17 Oct. 27 Nov. 10-13 Nov. 17-Dec. 5 Nov. 20 Nov. 27 Dec. 1 Dec. 12 Dec. 15-18 Dec. 29 Sept. 17 1980 1981 September 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 January 6 13 20 21 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 2 3 89101 15 16 11 22 23 24 2 3 4 91011 16 11 18 23 24 25 30 31 November 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 17 18 19 "10 24 25 26 6 13 20 21 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 1 14 21 28 1 8 I5 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 5 12 19 26 Jan. 6 Jan. 23 Jan. 30 Feb. 3 Classes Begin Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 4 11 10 25 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 5 12 19 26 I 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 11 I6 19 ''m?'~ 25 26 Jan. 5 Jan. 22 Jan. 29 Feb. 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 11 I8 19 20 ''1 25 26 21 1 14 21 28 2 3 1 0 l 16 11 23 24 30 4 l I8 25 1 14 21 28 6 I3 20 21 1 14 21 28 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 1 14 21 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 4 1 18 25 6 13 20 21 7 14 21 28 I 8 15 22 29 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 I4 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 26 29 30 3 0 11 24 31 October November 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 28 29 30 June 1 8 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 16 11 23 24 30 31 September 6 13 20 27 May Jan. 4 1 9 15 22 29 August 4 5 6 7 1121314 18 19 20 21 25 26 21 28 April 6 13 20 21 Interim Jan. 5 5 12 19 26 March I 8 15 22 29 December 7 14 21 28 3 0 17 24 31 Februarv October Nov. 2 Oct. 26 Nov. 9-12 Nov. 16-Dec. 4 Nov. 19 Nov. 26 Nov. 30 Dec. 11 Dec. 14-17 Dec. 28 July 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 21 28 29 30 December 6 13 20 21 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 Spring Semester Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 M a r . 23-27 April 3 April 17-20 April 24 April 27-May 7 M a y 15 M a y 18-21 M a y 22 M a y 27 M a y 24 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term Break Last day to designate grading option Easter Break Last day to withdraw from a class Pre-registration for Fall Classes end Final Examinations Final grades due Seniors Others Baccalaureate-Commencement 1982 1 Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 (See Easter) I April 2 April 3-13 April 23 April 26-May 6 M a y 14 M a y 17-20 January 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 "1 25 26 27 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 I 4 I1 I8 25 5 12 19 26 July 1 2 6 7 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 Augusl 3 0 17 24 31 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 18 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 13 14 20 21 27 28 Februarv 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 2 9 16 23 3 10 17 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 I9 26 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 I4 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 5 6 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 16 17 I 8 19 20 23 24 25 26 21 30 31 April 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 0 13 I 4 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 2 1 28 29 30 March M a y 21 M a y 26 M a y 23 4 I1 18 25 5 12 19 26 Summer School J u n e 1-26 J u n e 29-Aug. 7 Term I Term I1 ' *Subject to change AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1000 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 14 I 5 21 22 28 29 6 13 20 27 June 2 3 1 0 1 16 17 23 24 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 September 1 2 3 9 1 0 1 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 1 18 25 October 3 4 5 6 I 0 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 ."J 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 5 16 23 30 November May 2 3 4 5 9 I 0 11 12 16 17 I 8 19 7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26 4 11 I8 25 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 7 8 9 14 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 1 0 1 1 1 16 17 I 6 23 24 25 30 5 6 2 1 3 19 20 26 27 December 4 5 1 1 2 18 19 25 26 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 I 4 20 21 27 28 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 I 6 17 23 24 30 31 4 1 18 25
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read ex